1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 #include "bfd_stdint.h"
28 #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
32 #include "plugin-api.h"
36 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
37 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
39 struct elf_info_failed
41 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
45 /* This structure is used to pass information to
46 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
48 struct elf_find_verdep_info
50 /* General link information. */
51 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
52 /* The number of dependencies. */
54 /* Whether we had a failure. */
58 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
59 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
62 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
63 unsigned long r_symndx
,
66 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
67 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
69 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
71 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
73 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
74 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
75 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
77 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
78 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
79 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
80 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
86 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
87 but it could be a relocation against a local
88 symbol for a discarded section. */
90 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
92 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
93 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
94 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
96 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
102 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
105 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
106 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
110 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
111 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
112 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
114 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
117 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
118 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
119 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
120 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
121 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
127 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
128 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
129 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
132 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
133 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
136 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
137 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
138 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
139 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
141 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
146 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
150 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
151 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
152 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
154 /* This function may be called more than once. */
155 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
158 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
161 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
162 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
163 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
166 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
170 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
172 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
176 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
178 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
180 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
181 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
186 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
187 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
189 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
191 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
192 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
193 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
194 a global offset table. */
195 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
196 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
197 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
205 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
207 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
209 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
211 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
212 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
214 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
215 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
216 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
217 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
218 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
222 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
224 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
225 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
226 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
227 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
233 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
236 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
238 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
239 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
245 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
246 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
247 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
248 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
249 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
250 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
253 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
257 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
258 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
260 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
263 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
266 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
269 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
270 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
272 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
274 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
275 shared library does not. */
276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
278 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
279 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
284 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
285 if they are not needed. */
286 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
287 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
289 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
292 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
293 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
295 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
298 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
299 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
301 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
304 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
305 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
307 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
309 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
311 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
312 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
316 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
318 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
321 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
322 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
323 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
324 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
325 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
326 to decide how to initialize the process. */
327 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
328 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
334 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
335 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
337 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
339 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
342 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
344 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
345 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
347 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
349 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
350 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
351 variable count of 32-bit words. */
352 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
353 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
355 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
358 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
359 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
360 the .got and .plt sections. */
361 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
362 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
365 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
370 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
373 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
375 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
376 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
378 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
379 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
381 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
382 .rel[a].bss sections. */
383 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
386 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
387 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
388 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
389 to read in from the object file. */
390 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
392 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
393 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
394 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
396 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
398 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
402 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
404 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
406 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
407 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
408 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
413 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
414 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
415 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
416 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
418 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
422 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
425 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
427 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
428 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
429 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
430 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
431 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
432 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
433 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
434 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
439 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
441 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
442 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
443 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
444 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
451 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
452 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
453 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
454 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
455 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
456 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
457 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
458 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
459 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
460 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
462 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
464 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
465 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
466 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
467 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
469 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
473 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
475 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
476 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
477 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
478 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
480 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
481 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
483 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
491 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
492 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
493 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
494 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
495 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
496 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
500 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
503 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
505 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
510 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
511 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
512 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
513 this would not be necessary. */
514 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
518 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
519 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
522 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
530 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
533 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
536 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
537 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
542 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
544 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
545 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
547 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
548 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
549 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
550 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
551 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
554 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
559 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
561 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
567 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
570 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
571 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
572 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
574 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
576 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
577 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
580 if ((info
->dynamic_data
581 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
582 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
584 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
585 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
588 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
592 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
593 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
596 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
597 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
602 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
603 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
604 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
606 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
609 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
610 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
614 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
615 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
617 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
619 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
620 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
623 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
624 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
626 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
630 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
631 else will have non_elf set. */
634 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
638 switch (h
->root
.type
)
640 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
641 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
642 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
644 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
645 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
646 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
647 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
648 may depend on this. */
649 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
650 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
651 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
653 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
655 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
656 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
657 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
658 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
660 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
661 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
662 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
663 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
665 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
666 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
667 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
668 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
675 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
676 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
677 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
678 force the correct value. */
682 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
684 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
685 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
686 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
687 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
691 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
693 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
700 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
701 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
702 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
703 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
706 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
708 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
710 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
711 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
716 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
717 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
720 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
723 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
724 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
725 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
726 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
727 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
729 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
737 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
738 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
739 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
742 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
747 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
748 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
749 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
752 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
753 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
755 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
758 /* See if the entry exists already. */
759 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
760 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
763 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
764 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
768 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
769 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
770 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
772 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
776 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
777 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
781 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
782 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
784 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
785 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
786 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
791 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
792 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
793 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
795 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
798 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
799 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
804 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
805 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
807 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
809 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
811 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
812 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
813 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
814 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
817 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
819 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
821 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
826 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
829 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
833 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
835 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
836 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
841 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
842 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
843 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
846 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
849 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
854 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
855 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
861 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
862 STB_LOCAL binding. */
865 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
868 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
870 if (!h
->forced_local
)
873 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
874 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
879 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
880 omitted when creating a shared library. */
882 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
886 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
889 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
893 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
894 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
896 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
897 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
900 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
901 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
903 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
904 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
905 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
907 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
908 against any other section. */
914 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
915 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
916 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
917 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
921 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
922 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
923 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
925 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
927 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
928 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
930 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
932 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
933 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
934 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
935 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
936 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
938 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
940 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
942 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
943 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
946 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
948 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
949 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
950 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
952 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
954 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
955 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
958 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
959 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
960 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
964 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
968 /* Merge st_other field. */
971 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
972 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
973 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
975 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
977 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
978 code might be needed here. */
979 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
980 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
985 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
986 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
988 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
989 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
990 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
991 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
994 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
995 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
996 h
->protected_def
= 1;
999 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1000 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1001 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1002 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1003 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1004 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1005 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1006 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1007 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1008 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1009 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1010 type or size does change. */
1013 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1014 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1016 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1021 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1022 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1024 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1025 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1026 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1027 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1029 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1030 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1031 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1032 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1035 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1036 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1037 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1044 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1046 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1047 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1049 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1050 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1055 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1057 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1058 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1060 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1061 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1064 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1066 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1067 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1069 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1072 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1076 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1081 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1082 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1084 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1085 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1086 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1090 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1094 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1095 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1096 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1097 the same symbol version. */
1098 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1099 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1100 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1101 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1106 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1110 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1111 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1116 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1117 have the same symbol version. */
1118 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1119 || (old_version
!= NULL
1120 && new_version
!= NULL
1121 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1126 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1131 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1136 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1137 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1138 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1141 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1142 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1143 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1144 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1147 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1148 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1149 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1151 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1154 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1157 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1158 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1159 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1160 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1162 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1164 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
1165 if we are doing an ELF link. */
1166 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
1169 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1170 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1172 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1174 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1175 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1177 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1179 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1180 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1181 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1182 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1183 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1184 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1185 reference to the executable symbol. */
1188 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1190 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1192 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1193 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1198 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1201 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1205 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1206 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1207 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1209 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1215 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1216 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1217 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1218 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1219 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1220 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1222 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1223 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1224 || !h
->def_regular
))
1229 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1230 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1232 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1233 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1234 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1237 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1238 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1240 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1242 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1243 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1244 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1246 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1247 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1249 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1250 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1252 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1253 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1255 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1256 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1257 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1258 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1259 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1260 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1262 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1263 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1264 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1265 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1266 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1274 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1275 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1282 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1283 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1287 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1289 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1290 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1294 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1295 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1301 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1302 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1303 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1305 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1306 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1307 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1308 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1311 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1312 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1314 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1335 /* xgettext:c-format */
1336 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1337 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1338 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1339 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1341 /* xgettext:c-format */
1342 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1343 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1344 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1347 /* xgettext:c-format */
1348 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A "
1349 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1350 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1353 /* xgettext:c-format */
1354 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B "
1355 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1356 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1358 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1362 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1363 definition from a dynamic object. */
1365 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1366 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1369 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1371 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1372 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1373 recorded as dynamic.
1375 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1376 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1377 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1382 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1385 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1386 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1387 object, we remove the old definition. */
1388 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1390 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1391 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1392 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1393 was referenced before. */
1396 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1397 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1398 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1400 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1401 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1403 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1404 any dynamic link state. */
1405 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1406 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1413 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1423 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1424 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1425 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1426 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1427 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1428 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1429 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1430 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1432 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1433 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1437 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1438 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1441 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1443 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1444 any dynamic link state. */
1445 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1446 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1452 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1458 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1459 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1460 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1461 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1462 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1463 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1464 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1466 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1467 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1469 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1471 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1474 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1475 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1476 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1478 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1479 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1480 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1485 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1486 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1488 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1489 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1493 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1495 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1496 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1497 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1498 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1499 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1500 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1501 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1502 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1503 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1504 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1505 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1508 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1509 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1511 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1512 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1513 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1514 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1515 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1521 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1522 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1525 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1527 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1531 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1533 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1534 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1537 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1539 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1541 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1542 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1543 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1545 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1550 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1551 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1556 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1558 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1559 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1560 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1561 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1562 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1564 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1565 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1566 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1567 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1569 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1572 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1573 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1574 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1575 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1576 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1577 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1579 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1580 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1581 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1582 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1583 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1584 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1589 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1590 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1594 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1596 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1597 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1599 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1600 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1601 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1602 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1603 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1605 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1606 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1609 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1610 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1611 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1612 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1616 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1620 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1621 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1622 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1623 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1626 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1627 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1629 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1630 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1631 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1632 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1638 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1639 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1641 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1642 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1643 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1647 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1652 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1653 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1654 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1655 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1656 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1658 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1659 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1660 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1665 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1666 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1671 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1672 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1675 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1676 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1677 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1680 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1682 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1683 overriding a function. */
1685 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1689 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1690 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1693 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1695 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1698 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1701 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1702 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1703 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1704 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1707 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1708 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1709 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1710 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1711 in the shared library. */
1714 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1717 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1718 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1719 or the alignment. */
1720 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1721 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1723 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1724 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1726 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1729 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1730 in the dynamic object. */
1731 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1732 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1735 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1737 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1738 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1740 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1741 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1743 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1746 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1751 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1752 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1753 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1754 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1755 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1756 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1757 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1758 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1762 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1769 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1770 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1771 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1772 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1775 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1779 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1783 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1785 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1786 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1789 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1790 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1791 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1792 bfd_boolean collect
;
1793 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1794 bfd_boolean override
;
1796 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1798 bfd_boolean matched
;
1800 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1803 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1804 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1805 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1806 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1807 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1808 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1812 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1817 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1819 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1823 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1828 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1834 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1835 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1836 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1838 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1839 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1840 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1842 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1843 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1845 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1846 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1847 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1848 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1849 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1850 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1853 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1854 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1855 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1861 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1863 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1864 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1865 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1866 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1867 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1868 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1873 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1874 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1875 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1877 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1881 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1882 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1888 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1889 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1892 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1893 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1894 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1895 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1897 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1902 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1903 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1904 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1905 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1906 name, and it is the default version.
1908 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1909 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1910 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1912 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1913 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1914 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1915 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1916 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1917 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1918 definition in the regular object. */
1920 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1921 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1922 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1924 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1925 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1929 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1933 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1938 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1939 other fields correctly. */
1943 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1944 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1945 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1947 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1948 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1949 the user in that case. */
1951 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1953 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1955 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1956 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1958 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
1959 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
1960 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
1961 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
1962 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
1964 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1970 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
1977 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1983 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1987 len
= strlen (name
);
1988 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1989 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1991 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1992 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1994 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1995 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1996 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1998 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1999 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2000 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2008 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2009 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2010 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2011 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2012 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2014 /* xgettext:c-format */
2015 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2021 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2022 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2023 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2025 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2027 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2028 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2029 to the user in that case. */
2031 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2033 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2034 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2035 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2037 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2043 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2049 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2059 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2060 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2063 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2065 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2067 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2068 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2071 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2072 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2075 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2076 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2077 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2078 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2080 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2090 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2091 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2092 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2093 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2096 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2099 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2100 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2101 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2104 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2109 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2110 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2111 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2114 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2115 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2119 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2122 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2123 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2129 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2134 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2137 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2141 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2142 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2143 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2147 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2150 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2154 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2155 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2156 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2158 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2160 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2161 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2163 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2166 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2173 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2174 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2175 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2176 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2179 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2181 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2182 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2183 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2184 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2187 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2190 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2193 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2196 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2200 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2202 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2205 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2206 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2207 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2209 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2212 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2215 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2219 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2220 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2222 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
2226 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2228 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2229 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2232 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2235 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2236 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2237 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2238 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2240 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2244 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2245 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2247 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2249 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2251 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2254 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2255 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2263 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2264 version node for this version. */
2265 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2267 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2270 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2271 to worry about it. */
2272 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2275 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2279 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2284 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2288 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2289 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2290 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2292 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2296 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2300 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2304 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2305 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2307 /* xgettext:c-format */
2308 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2309 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2310 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2311 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2316 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2318 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2323 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2324 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2325 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2326 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2332 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2333 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2334 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2335 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2336 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2337 relocations should be stored.
2339 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2342 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2344 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2345 void *external_relocs
,
2346 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2349 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2350 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2351 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2352 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2353 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2356 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2357 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2360 /* Read the relocations. */
2361 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2364 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2365 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2367 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2369 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2370 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2371 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2372 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2373 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2380 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2381 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2382 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2383 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2387 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2388 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2389 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2393 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2396 /* xgettext:c-format */
2397 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (%#lx >= %#lx)"
2398 " for offset %#Lx in section `%A'"),
2399 abfd
, (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2400 irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2401 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2405 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2408 /* xgettext:c-format */
2409 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (%#lx)"
2410 " for offset %#Lx in section `%A'"
2411 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2412 abfd
, (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2413 irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2414 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2417 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2418 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2424 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2425 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2426 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2427 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2428 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2429 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2430 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2431 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2432 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2435 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2437 void *external_relocs
,
2438 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2439 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2441 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2442 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2443 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2444 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2445 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2447 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2448 return esdo
->relocs
;
2450 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2453 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2457 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2459 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2461 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2462 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2466 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2468 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2471 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2473 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2475 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2478 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2481 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2484 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2488 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2489 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2490 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2491 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2495 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2497 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2500 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2502 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2507 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2508 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2510 return internal_relocs
;
2518 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2525 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2526 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2529 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2530 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2534 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2535 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2537 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2538 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2539 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2540 we zero the allocated space. */
2541 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2542 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2545 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2547 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2549 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2550 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2554 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2560 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2561 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2565 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2566 asection
*input_section
,
2567 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2568 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2572 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2573 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2575 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2576 asection
*output_section
;
2577 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2578 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2579 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2581 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2583 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2584 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2585 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2587 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2588 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2590 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2591 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2593 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2594 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2599 /* xgettext:c-format */
2600 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2601 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2602 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2606 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2607 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2608 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2609 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2610 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2611 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2613 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2614 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2615 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2618 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2620 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2625 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2628 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2631 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2633 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2634 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2639 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2640 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2641 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2642 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2643 the face of future changes. */
2646 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2647 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2649 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2651 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2652 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2653 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2654 an ELF dynamic object. */
2657 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2658 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2660 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2661 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2664 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2668 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2669 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2670 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2673 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2679 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2683 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2692 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2693 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2694 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2695 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2696 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2697 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2698 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2699 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2701 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2702 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2703 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2704 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2705 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2709 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2710 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2711 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2712 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2715 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2716 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2717 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2718 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2719 flag will not have been set. */
2720 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2724 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2727 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2728 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2729 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2730 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2731 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2733 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2734 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2736 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2737 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2738 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2742 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2744 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2745 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2746 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2747 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2748 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2749 will force it local. */
2750 else if (h
->needs_plt
2751 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2752 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2753 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2754 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2757 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2759 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2760 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2761 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2764 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2765 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2766 over to the real definition. */
2767 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2769 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2770 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2771 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2772 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2773 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2776 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2778 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2779 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2781 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2782 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2783 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2784 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2785 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2786 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2793 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2794 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2798 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2800 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2802 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2804 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2807 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2808 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2811 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2812 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2815 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2817 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2818 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2819 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2821 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2822 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2823 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2825 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2833 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2834 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2835 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2836 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2837 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2838 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2839 referenced by another one? */
2841 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2845 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2847 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2851 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2852 can happen via a recursive call. */
2853 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2856 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2857 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2858 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2859 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2860 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2862 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2863 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2864 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2865 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2867 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2868 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2869 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2870 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2871 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2872 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2873 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2876 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2877 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2878 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2879 extern int timezone;
2881 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2882 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2883 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2884 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2885 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2886 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2887 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2888 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2890 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2892 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2893 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2894 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2896 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2897 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2898 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2902 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2903 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2904 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2905 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2906 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2908 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2911 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2912 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2914 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2915 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2917 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2926 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2930 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2934 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2936 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2938 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2939 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2940 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2941 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2942 for the minimum alignment. */
2943 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2944 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2945 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2951 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2954 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2955 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2960 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2961 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2963 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2964 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2965 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2967 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2968 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2970 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
2971 if (h
->protected_def
2972 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
2973 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
2974 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
2975 info
->callbacks
->einfo
2976 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%T' is dangerous\n"),
2977 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2982 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2983 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2986 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2990 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2991 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2992 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2993 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2995 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2997 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2998 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2999 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3000 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3001 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3007 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3008 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3009 considered to bind dynamically. */
3012 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3013 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3014 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3016 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3018 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3023 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3024 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3025 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3027 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3028 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3030 if (h
->forced_local
)
3033 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3034 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3035 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3036 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3038 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3045 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3046 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3049 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3051 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3052 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3053 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3054 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3055 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3062 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3063 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3066 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3067 us that it remains local. */
3068 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3071 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3072 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3073 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3074 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3075 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3076 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3077 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3079 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3080 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3081 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3082 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3085 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3086 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3087 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3089 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3090 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3092 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3096 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3097 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3098 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3101 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3102 if (h
->forced_local
)
3105 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3106 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3107 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3109 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3110 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3111 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3114 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3115 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3118 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3119 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3120 shared libraries. */
3121 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3124 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3125 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3126 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3129 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3130 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3133 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3135 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3136 symbols are local. */
3137 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3138 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3139 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3140 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3143 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3144 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3145 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3146 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3147 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3148 return local_protected
;
3151 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3152 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3154 struct bfd_section
*
3155 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3157 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3158 unsigned int align
= 0;
3160 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3161 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3165 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3166 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3167 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3169 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3171 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3172 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3174 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3179 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3181 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3182 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3184 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3186 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3187 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3188 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3191 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3192 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3193 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3196 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3197 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3200 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3201 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3202 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3205 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3206 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3207 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3208 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3210 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3212 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3213 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3214 in the same way that it used to do. */
3220 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3221 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3222 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3224 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3226 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3230 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3231 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3232 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3235 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3239 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3242 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3243 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3244 get the correct symbol table. */
3245 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3246 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3247 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3248 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3252 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3254 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3255 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3257 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3258 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3260 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3262 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3264 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3265 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3266 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3268 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3273 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3274 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3277 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3280 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3281 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3283 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3286 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3288 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3292 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3297 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3299 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3309 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3312 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3316 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3317 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3319 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3320 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3321 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3323 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3324 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3327 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3328 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3329 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3331 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3332 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3333 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3337 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3338 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3341 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3346 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3347 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3348 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3351 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3352 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3356 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3359 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3362 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3363 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3364 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3367 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3373 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3374 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3376 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3377 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3378 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3380 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3382 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3383 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3384 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3386 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3394 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3397 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3401 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3402 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3407 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3408 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3412 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3413 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3414 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3416 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3417 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3418 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3419 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3420 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3421 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3422 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3423 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3424 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3425 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3426 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3432 /* Sort symbol by value, section, and size. */
3434 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3436 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3437 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3438 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3440 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3441 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3442 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3444 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3447 int sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3449 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3451 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3452 return vdiff
== 0 ? 0 : vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3455 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3456 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3459 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3461 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3463 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3464 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3468 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3472 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3474 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3475 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3476 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3477 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3480 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3483 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3484 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3486 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3487 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3488 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3490 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3491 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3492 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3493 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3495 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3497 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3501 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3511 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3516 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3519 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3520 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3521 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3522 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3524 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3525 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3527 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3528 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3533 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3534 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3536 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3540 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3542 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3543 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3545 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3547 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3548 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3549 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3551 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3552 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3553 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3556 while (def
.vd_next
);
3559 /* Adjust version references. */
3560 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3565 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3566 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3568 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3572 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3574 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3575 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3576 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3577 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3578 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3580 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3581 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3582 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3584 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3586 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3587 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3590 while (need
.vn_next
);
3596 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3597 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3601 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3602 const bfd_target
*output
)
3604 return input
== output
;
3607 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3608 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3609 are virtually identical. */
3612 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3613 const bfd_target
*output
)
3615 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3617 if (input
== output
)
3620 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3621 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3623 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3626 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3627 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3630 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3631 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3632 processing the lib. */
3635 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3636 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3637 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3639 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3642 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3645 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3647 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3648 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3650 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3651 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3654 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3655 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3656 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3657 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3658 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3659 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3660 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3661 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3662 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3663 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3665 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3666 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3667 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3668 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3669 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3670 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3671 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3675 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3677 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3680 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3681 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3682 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3683 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3684 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3685 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3686 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3689 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3691 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3694 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3696 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3697 free (internal_relocs
);
3707 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3710 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3712 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3713 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3718 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3719 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3720 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3722 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3723 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3724 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3725 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3726 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3727 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3728 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3729 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3731 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3732 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3733 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3734 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3735 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3737 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3738 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3739 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3742 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3744 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3745 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3747 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3753 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3754 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3755 the format of the output file. */
3756 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3757 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3758 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3760 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3761 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3763 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3768 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3769 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3770 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3771 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3772 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3773 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3774 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3775 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3776 /* xgettext:c-format */
3777 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3778 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3780 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3781 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3782 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3783 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3784 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3785 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3789 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3790 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3795 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3797 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3798 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3799 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3800 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3801 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3802 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3803 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3804 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3808 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3810 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3812 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3814 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3815 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3820 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3824 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3829 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3830 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3831 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3834 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
3836 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3837 not get copied into the output file. */
3840 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3841 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3842 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3847 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3848 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
3853 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3854 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3855 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3856 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
3857 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
3858 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
3859 make a shared library. */
3861 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3862 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3864 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
3865 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3866 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3867 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3869 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3873 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3877 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3879 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3880 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
3883 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3884 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3888 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3889 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3890 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3891 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3892 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3893 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3895 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3896 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3897 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3899 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3904 unsigned int elfsec
;
3905 unsigned long shlink
;
3907 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3914 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3915 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3916 goto error_free_dyn
;
3917 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3919 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3920 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3921 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3923 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3925 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3926 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3928 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3929 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3931 goto error_free_dyn
;
3933 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3935 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3937 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3939 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3940 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3941 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3942 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3943 goto error_free_dyn
;
3944 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3945 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3947 goto error_free_dyn
;
3948 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3952 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3956 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3958 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3960 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3962 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3963 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3964 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3965 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3966 goto error_free_dyn
;
3967 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3968 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3970 goto error_free_dyn
;
3971 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3975 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3981 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3982 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3984 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3986 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3988 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3989 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3990 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3991 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3992 goto error_free_dyn
;
3993 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3994 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3996 goto error_free_dyn
;
3997 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4007 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4009 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4010 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4017 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4018 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4024 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4025 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4030 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4031 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4032 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4033 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4034 while (--phdr
>= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4035 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4037 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4038 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4039 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4040 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4041 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4045 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4046 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4047 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4048 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4049 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4050 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4052 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4054 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4055 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4056 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4057 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4059 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4061 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4062 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4063 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4066 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4067 will need to know it. */
4068 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4070 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4074 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4075 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4076 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4080 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4081 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4084 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4085 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4086 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4087 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4089 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4090 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4092 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4094 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4096 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4097 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4099 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4101 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4106 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4107 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4110 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4111 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4113 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4115 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4118 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4120 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4123 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4124 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4125 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4126 goto error_free_sym
;
4127 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4133 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4134 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4135 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4136 goto error_free_sym
;
4138 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4139 to internal format. */
4140 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4142 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4144 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4145 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
4146 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4147 goto error_free_sym
;
4148 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4149 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4150 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4151 goto error_free_vers
;
4155 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4156 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4157 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4158 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4163 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4165 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4166 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4168 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4170 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4171 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4172 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4173 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4177 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4178 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4179 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4180 goto error_free_vers
;
4182 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4183 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4184 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4185 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4186 goto error_free_vers
;
4188 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4189 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4190 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4191 goto error_free_vers
;
4193 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4194 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4195 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4196 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4197 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4198 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4199 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4200 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4201 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4202 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4203 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4204 goto error_free_vers
;
4206 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4208 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4209 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4211 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4213 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4214 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4215 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4216 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4218 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4219 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4226 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
4227 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4229 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4233 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4236 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4237 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4238 bfd_boolean definition
;
4239 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4240 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4241 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
4242 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4243 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4244 bfd_boolean override
;
4246 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4247 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4249 bfd_boolean matched
;
4253 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4255 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4256 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4259 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4263 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4264 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4265 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4270 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4278 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4279 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4283 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4287 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4288 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4289 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4290 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4291 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4293 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4294 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4295 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4296 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4300 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4302 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4303 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4305 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4307 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4309 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4311 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4315 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4318 goto error_free_vers
;
4320 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4321 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4323 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4327 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4329 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4331 goto error_free_vers
;
4335 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4336 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4337 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4339 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4343 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4344 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4345 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4347 goto error_free_vers
;
4351 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4353 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4355 goto error_free_vers
;
4357 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4358 should be skipped for some reason. */
4363 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4366 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4367 goto error_free_vers
;
4370 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4371 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4372 for this executable. */
4373 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4374 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4377 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4378 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4383 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4384 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4391 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4393 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4394 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4399 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4400 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4401 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4406 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4408 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4410 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4411 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4412 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4413 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4414 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4415 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4417 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4418 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4421 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4424 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4426 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4428 else if (vernum
> 1)
4430 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4437 /* xgettext:c-format */
4438 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4440 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4441 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4442 goto error_free_vers
;
4447 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4448 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4449 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4451 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4454 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4458 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4460 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4462 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4464 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4474 /* xgettext:c-format */
4475 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4476 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4478 goto error_free_vers
;
4482 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4483 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4484 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4485 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4486 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4489 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4490 if (newname
== NULL
)
4491 goto error_free_vers
;
4492 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4493 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4495 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4496 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4497 default version of the symbol. */
4498 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4499 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4501 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4506 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4507 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4508 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4511 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4512 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4513 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4515 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4516 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4517 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4518 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4520 goto error_free_vers
;
4525 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4527 if (override
&& matched
)
4531 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4532 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4533 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4535 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4538 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4541 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4542 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4543 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4544 goto error_free_vers
;
4546 if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
4547 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4548 && bfd_get_flavour (info
->output_bfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
4549 elf_tdata (info
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
|= elf_gnu_symbol_unique
;
4552 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4555 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4556 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4557 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4559 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4560 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4566 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4567 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4571 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4572 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4573 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4575 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4576 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4577 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4578 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4579 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4580 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4581 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4582 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4583 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4584 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4585 definition anyhow. */
4587 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4592 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4593 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4594 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4599 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4602 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4603 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4604 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4606 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4607 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4609 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4612 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4614 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4615 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4616 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4617 object and a shared object. */
4618 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4620 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4621 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4622 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4629 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4630 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4642 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4643 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4644 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4645 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4655 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4660 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4663 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4664 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4665 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4668 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4670 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1)))
4674 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4675 the default name. */
4677 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4678 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4679 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4680 goto error_free_vers
;
4682 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4683 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4684 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4685 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4686 alignment is maintained. */
4687 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4688 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4690 unsigned int common_align
;
4691 unsigned int normal_align
;
4692 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4696 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4697 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4699 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4700 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4701 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4702 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4704 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4705 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4706 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4709 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4713 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4714 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4719 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4721 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4724 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4726 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4727 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4729 /* xgettext:c-format */
4730 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B is"
4731 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4732 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4733 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4736 /* xgettext:c-format */
4737 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4738 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4739 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4740 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4744 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4745 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4746 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4747 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4750 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4751 && ! size_change_ok
)
4753 /* xgettext:c-format */
4754 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4755 " from %Lu in %B to %Lu in %B"),
4756 name
, h
->size
, old_bfd
, isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4758 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4761 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4762 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4763 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4764 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4765 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
4767 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4768 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4770 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4771 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
4772 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4773 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4775 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4777 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4779 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4780 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4783 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4785 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4786 /* xgettext:c-format */
4788 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4789 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4790 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
4796 /* Merge st_other field. */
4797 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
4799 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4801 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
4802 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4805 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4806 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4811 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4812 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4815 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4817 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4818 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4820 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4821 aliases can be checked. */
4824 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4825 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4827 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4829 goto error_free_vers
;
4831 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4835 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4837 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4838 goto error_free_vers
;
4839 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4841 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4843 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4844 goto error_free_vers
;
4847 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4848 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4849 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4851 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4855 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4860 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
4861 for unmatched symbol. */
4866 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4868 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
4869 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
4870 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4871 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
4872 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
4875 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4877 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
4878 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4880 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4881 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4882 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4883 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4886 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4889 /* xgettext:c-format */
4890 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4892 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
4893 goto error_free_vers
;
4896 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4897 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4900 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4902 goto error_free_vers
;
4904 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4909 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4915 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4921 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4925 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4926 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4927 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
4928 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4929 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4930 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4931 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4932 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4933 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4934 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4935 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
4938 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4940 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4941 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4943 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4944 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4946 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4948 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4949 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4950 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4952 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4953 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4954 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
4956 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4958 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4959 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4964 alignment_power
= 0;
4966 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
4967 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
4968 in the second pass. */
4969 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4970 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4971 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4972 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4973 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4975 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4976 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4977 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4979 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4981 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4982 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4983 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4984 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4986 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4990 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4991 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4992 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
4993 goto error_free_vers
;
4996 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4998 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4999 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5003 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5005 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5006 goto error_free_vers
;
5011 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5012 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5013 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5014 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5018 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5020 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5021 char *shortname
, *p
;
5023 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5025 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5026 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5029 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5030 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5032 goto error_free_vers
;
5033 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5034 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5036 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5037 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5038 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5040 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5041 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5042 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5044 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5045 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5046 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5047 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5048 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5050 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5051 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5053 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5059 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5060 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5063 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
5064 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5065 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5066 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5067 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5068 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5069 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5070 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5071 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5072 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5073 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5074 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5078 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5080 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5081 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5084 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5085 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5086 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5088 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
5089 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5090 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5092 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5093 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5094 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5096 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5100 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5101 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5109 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
5110 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
5113 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5115 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5118 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5121 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
5122 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
5124 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5125 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5126 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
5127 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
5128 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5129 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5135 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5137 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5138 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5145 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5155 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5159 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5160 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5161 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5162 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5165 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5166 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5167 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5171 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5172 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5173 the largest size. */
5176 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5178 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5179 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5180 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5182 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5184 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
5186 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5187 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5189 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5191 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5194 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5199 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5200 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5201 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5202 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5203 real definition and the weak definition. */
5204 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5206 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5207 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5214 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5217 if (bed
->check_directives
5218 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5221 if (!info
->check_relocs_after_open_input
5222 && !_bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (abfd
, info
))
5225 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5226 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5228 && ! info
->traditional_format
5229 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5230 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5234 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5235 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5237 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5240 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5241 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5242 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5243 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5244 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5245 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5247 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5249 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5250 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5251 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5254 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5255 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5260 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5262 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5263 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5265 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5269 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5276 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5278 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5280 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5281 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5282 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5285 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5291 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5292 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5294 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5295 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5296 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5299 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5303 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5307 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5308 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5309 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5310 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5312 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5313 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5316 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5317 len
= strlen (name
);
5318 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5320 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
5322 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5323 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5324 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5326 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5329 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5331 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5332 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5333 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5336 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5340 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5341 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5342 handle versioned symbols.
5344 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5345 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5346 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5347 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5350 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5351 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5354 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5357 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5361 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5362 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5363 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5365 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5367 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5368 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5374 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5375 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5376 second and subsequent passes. */
5377 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5381 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5382 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5383 if (included
== NULL
)
5386 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5387 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5388 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5401 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5402 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5404 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5406 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5411 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5417 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5418 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5424 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5426 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5427 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5428 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5429 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5432 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5433 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5434 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5435 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5436 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5438 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5441 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5443 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5444 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5449 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5450 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5451 if (element
== NULL
)
5454 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5457 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5459 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5460 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5462 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5465 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5466 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5467 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5468 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5469 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5470 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5471 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5472 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5475 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5476 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5480 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5485 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5487 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5488 on through the loop. */
5489 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5499 if (included
!= NULL
)
5504 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5508 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5510 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5513 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5515 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5517 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5522 struct hash_codes_info
5524 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5528 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5529 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5532 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5534 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5539 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5540 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5543 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5544 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5546 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5549 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5555 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5556 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5561 /* Compute the hash value. */
5562 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5564 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5565 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5567 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5569 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5577 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5580 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5581 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5582 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5583 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5584 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5585 unsigned long int *indx
;
5586 unsigned long int *counts
;
5589 long int min_dynindx
;
5590 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5591 unsigned long int symindx
;
5592 long int local_indx
;
5593 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5594 unsigned long int mask
;
5598 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5599 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5602 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5604 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5609 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5610 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5613 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5614 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5617 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5618 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5620 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5623 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5629 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5630 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5635 /* Compute the hash value. */
5636 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5638 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5639 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5640 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5641 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5643 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5644 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5652 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5653 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5656 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5658 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5659 unsigned long int bucket
;
5660 unsigned long int val
;
5662 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5663 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5666 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5667 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5669 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5670 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5674 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5675 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5676 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5677 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5679 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5680 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5681 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5682 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5684 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5685 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5686 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5687 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5691 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5694 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5696 return !(h
->forced_local
5697 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5698 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5699 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5700 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5701 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5704 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5705 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5706 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5707 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5708 than 32771 buckets. */
5710 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5712 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5716 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5717 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5718 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5719 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5720 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5721 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5722 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5723 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5725 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5726 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5727 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5730 size_t best_size
= 0;
5731 unsigned long int i
;
5733 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5734 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5735 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5736 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5741 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5742 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5743 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5744 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5745 unsigned long int *counts
;
5747 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5749 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5750 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5752 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5755 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5760 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5764 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5765 since the size could be large. */
5767 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5768 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5772 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5773 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5775 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5777 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5778 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5779 unsigned long int j
;
5780 unsigned long int fact
;
5782 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5785 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5787 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5788 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5789 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5791 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5792 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5793 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5794 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5795 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5796 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5797 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5800 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5802 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5805 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5806 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5807 over a few long chains). */
5808 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5809 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5811 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5812 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5815 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5816 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5817 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5818 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5819 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5821 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5822 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5823 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5827 /* Compare with current best results. */
5828 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5832 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5834 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5835 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5836 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5843 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5845 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5846 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5847 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5848 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5850 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5851 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5854 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5861 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5864 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5869 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5870 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5871 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
5872 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
5873 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5878 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
5879 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
5880 undefined it is initialized. */
5883 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5884 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5885 const char *legacy_symbol
,
5886 bfd_vma default_size
)
5888 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5890 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
5892 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
5893 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5894 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5895 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5897 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
5899 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
5900 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5901 if (info
->stacksize
)
5902 /* xgettext:c-format */
5903 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: stack size specified and %s set"),
5904 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5905 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5906 /* xgettext:c-format */
5907 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %s not absolute"),
5908 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
5910 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5913 if (!info
->stacksize
)
5914 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
5915 size, set it now. */
5916 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
5918 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
5919 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5920 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5922 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
5924 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5925 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
5926 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
5927 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
5928 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5931 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5933 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5939 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
5941 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
5943 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5944 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
5949 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5952 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5953 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5954 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
5955 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
5956 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5957 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
5959 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
5961 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
5962 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
5965 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
5971 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5972 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5973 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5974 addresses of the various sections. */
5977 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5980 const char *filter_shlib
,
5982 const char *depaudit
,
5983 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5984 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5985 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5988 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5992 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5995 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5997 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5999 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6000 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6001 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6002 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6003 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6004 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
6011 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6012 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6013 if (info
->export_dynamic
6014 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6016 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6017 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6025 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6027 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6028 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6032 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6034 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6035 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6036 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6037 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6039 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6040 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6041 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6042 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6044 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6046 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6048 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6049 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6051 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6052 if (newname
== NULL
)
6054 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6055 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6057 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6058 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6060 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6061 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6062 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6065 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6066 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6068 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6070 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6071 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6072 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6077 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6078 not defined in a shared object. */
6080 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6081 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6082 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6086 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6087 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6088 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6090 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6091 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6096 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6098 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6100 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6101 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6102 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6105 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6106 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6107 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6112 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6117 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6118 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6119 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6121 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6122 just linking a regular application. */
6123 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6125 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6126 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6127 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6129 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6130 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6136 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6137 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6138 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6139 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6145 /* Make space for the base version. */
6146 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6147 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6150 /* Make space for the default version. */
6151 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6153 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6157 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6159 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6161 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6165 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6166 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6169 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6170 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6174 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6175 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6178 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6182 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6183 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6186 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6188 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6189 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6193 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6194 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6195 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6198 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6200 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6202 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6203 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6210 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6211 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6212 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6214 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6216 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6218 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6220 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6221 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6222 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6223 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6225 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6227 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6228 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6230 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6232 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6235 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6236 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6238 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6241 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6242 aux block, but different flags. */
6245 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6247 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6248 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6251 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6252 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6253 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6255 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6256 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6257 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6259 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6262 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6264 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6269 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6272 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6274 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6275 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6277 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6279 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6282 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6283 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6285 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6288 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6290 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6291 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6293 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6294 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6295 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6296 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6297 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6300 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6301 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6302 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6303 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6305 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6306 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6307 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6309 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6310 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6311 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6313 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6314 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6316 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6317 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6318 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6319 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6321 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6322 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6323 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6325 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6327 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6329 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6331 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6335 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6336 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6339 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6340 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6342 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6344 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6345 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6346 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6350 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6353 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6355 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6356 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6358 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6361 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6362 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6364 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6366 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6367 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6372 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6373 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6376 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6381 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6384 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6386 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6388 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6390 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6392 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6393 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6397 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6398 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6402 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6404 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6407 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6411 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6414 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6416 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6417 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6418 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6419 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6421 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6424 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6425 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6428 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6429 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6431 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6432 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6433 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6435 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6437 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6438 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6439 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6440 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6443 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6446 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6448 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6449 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6450 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6454 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6459 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6461 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6463 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6464 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6466 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6467 dynamic symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them
6468 out of the static symbol table as well? */
6469 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6470 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6471 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6474 /* We need to reassign dynsym indices now that symbols may have
6475 been removed. See the call in `bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr'
6476 for the details of the conditions used here. */
6477 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6478 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
6479 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
6482 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6483 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6484 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6485 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6486 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6487 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6489 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6490 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6493 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6494 we're dynamic or not. */
6495 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6496 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6499 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6500 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6501 if (info
->execstack
)
6502 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6503 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6504 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6508 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6511 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6513 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6518 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6520 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6521 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6524 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6527 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6531 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6534 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6535 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6536 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6537 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6538 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6541 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6543 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6544 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6548 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6549 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6553 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6555 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6563 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6565 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6568 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6569 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6573 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6577 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6578 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6579 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6580 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6584 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6586 const char * const *p
;
6588 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6592 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6594 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6595 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6604 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6606 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6607 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6611 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6615 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6617 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6618 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6625 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6626 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6627 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6628 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6633 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6634 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6635 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6637 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6638 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6639 h
= (info
->init_function
6640 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6641 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6648 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6651 h
= (info
->fini_function
6652 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6653 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6660 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6664 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6665 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6667 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6668 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6673 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6674 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6675 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6676 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6677 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6678 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6679 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6682 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6687 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6691 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6692 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6695 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
6696 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6698 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6699 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6702 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
6703 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6705 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
6706 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
6710 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6711 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
6712 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
6713 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
6714 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
6715 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6717 bfd_size_type strsize
;
6719 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6720 if ((info
->emit_hash
6721 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
6722 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
6723 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
6724 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
6725 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
6726 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
6727 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
6728 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
6733 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
6736 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
6739 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
6740 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6743 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6745 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6747 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
6749 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6751 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6752 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
6756 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6758 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6761 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6763 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6769 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
6770 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6773 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6777 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
6779 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
6781 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6782 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6786 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6787 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6788 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6789 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6793 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6794 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6800 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6801 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6803 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6807 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6808 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6809 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6811 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6816 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6817 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6819 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6823 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6824 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6825 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6826 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6827 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6829 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6833 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6834 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6835 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6836 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6838 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6842 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6843 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6844 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6848 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6850 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6851 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6852 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6854 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6857 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6858 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6860 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
6861 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
6862 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
6863 of the global symbols.
6865 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
6866 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
6867 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
6868 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
6869 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
6871 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6872 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
6873 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6874 §ion_sym_count
);
6876 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6880 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6882 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6884 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6885 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6886 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6887 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6889 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6890 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6891 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6894 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6898 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6899 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6900 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6901 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6902 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6903 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6904 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
6905 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6906 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6908 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6909 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6912 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
6913 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6914 ++section_sym_count
;
6915 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6917 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6919 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6920 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6921 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6923 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6924 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6926 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6928 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6930 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6931 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6933 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6934 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6935 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6937 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6938 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6940 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6941 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6942 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6949 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6951 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6954 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
6957 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6959 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
6960 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6961 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6962 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6963 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6964 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6967 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6968 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6969 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6972 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6975 unsigned char *contents
;
6976 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6980 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6982 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6983 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6985 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6986 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6987 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6990 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6991 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6992 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6995 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6996 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6997 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7000 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7005 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7007 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7009 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7013 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
7014 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7016 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7018 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
7019 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7020 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7021 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7022 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7023 if (contents
== NULL
)
7025 s
->contents
= contents
;
7026 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7028 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7030 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7032 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7034 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7035 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7036 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7038 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7042 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7043 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7047 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7049 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7051 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7052 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7054 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7055 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7057 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7063 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7064 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7065 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7066 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7067 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7068 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7069 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7070 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7072 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7076 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7077 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7078 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7079 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7081 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7082 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7083 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7084 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7086 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7087 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7089 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7090 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7092 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7093 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7094 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7096 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7097 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7098 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7099 if (contents
== NULL
)
7101 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7102 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7106 s
->contents
= contents
;
7107 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7108 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7109 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7110 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7111 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7113 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7115 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7116 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7118 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7122 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7124 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
7125 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7126 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
7128 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7129 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7131 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7133 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7136 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7137 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7141 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7142 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7144 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7146 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7148 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7149 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7156 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7159 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7162 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7163 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7166 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7169 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7174 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7177 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7178 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7179 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7180 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7181 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7182 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7183 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7184 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7186 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7188 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7189 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7190 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7191 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7193 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7194 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7197 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7198 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7199 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7203 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7205 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7206 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7207 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7210 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7214 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7215 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7220 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7221 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7225 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7227 /* Set local fields. */
7230 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7231 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7232 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7233 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7234 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7235 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7236 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7237 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7244 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7245 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7248 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7249 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7250 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7252 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7254 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7255 symbol which just became indirect. */
7257 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7258 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7259 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7260 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7261 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7262 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7263 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7265 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7268 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7269 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7270 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7271 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7273 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7274 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7275 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7276 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7279 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7281 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7282 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7283 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7284 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7287 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7289 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7290 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7291 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7292 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7294 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7299 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7300 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7301 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7303 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7304 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7306 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7311 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7312 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7314 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7317 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7322 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7326 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7327 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7329 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7330 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7332 unsigned int entsize
,
7333 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7336 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7338 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7339 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7340 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7341 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7342 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7343 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7345 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7347 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7348 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7353 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7355 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7356 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7358 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7359 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7361 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7365 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7366 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7372 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7377 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7380 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7382 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7384 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7385 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7386 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7387 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7388 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7391 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7392 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7393 entry for a dynamic object. */
7396 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7398 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7399 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7400 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7404 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7407 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7408 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7409 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7416 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7418 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7419 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7420 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7423 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7424 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7426 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7427 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7428 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7430 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7432 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7435 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7436 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7438 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7439 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7440 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7442 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7444 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7447 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7448 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7449 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7452 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7454 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7455 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7456 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7460 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7461 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7464 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7465 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7468 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7469 unsigned int elfsec
;
7470 unsigned long shlink
;
7471 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7473 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7477 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7478 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7481 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7482 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7485 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7488 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7489 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7492 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7494 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7495 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7498 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7499 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7501 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7503 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7505 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7508 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7511 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7512 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7515 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7520 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7541 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7543 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7544 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7545 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7548 struct elf_symbuf_head
7550 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7552 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7559 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7560 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7565 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7568 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7570 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7571 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7573 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7577 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7579 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7580 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7581 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7584 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7585 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7587 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7588 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7589 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7590 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7592 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7596 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7597 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7598 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7601 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7602 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7605 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7606 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7607 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7610 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7611 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7612 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7613 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7619 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7620 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7621 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7622 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7623 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7625 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7628 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7629 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7630 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7632 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7633 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7634 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7637 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7638 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7645 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7649 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7650 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7653 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7654 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7655 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
7656 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7657 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7658 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7659 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7660 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
7661 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7667 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7668 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7669 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7672 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7675 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7676 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7677 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7680 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7681 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7682 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7683 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7684 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7685 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7687 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7693 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7694 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7696 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7698 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7700 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7703 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7704 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7705 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7708 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7710 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7712 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7715 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7716 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7717 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7720 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7722 /* Optimized faster version. */
7724 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7725 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7728 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7733 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7734 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7736 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7740 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7747 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7752 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7753 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7755 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7759 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7765 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7769 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
7771 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
7772 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7776 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7777 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7779 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7780 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7786 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7787 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7789 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7790 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7795 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7796 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7797 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7798 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7799 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7801 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7802 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7803 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7804 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7805 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7812 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7813 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7814 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7815 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7816 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7819 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7821 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7822 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7823 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7826 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7827 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7828 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7830 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7833 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7835 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7836 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7838 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7840 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7841 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7843 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7844 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7845 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7846 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7847 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7849 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7850 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7851 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7852 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7853 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7871 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7874 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7875 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7879 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7880 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7883 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7886 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7888 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7890 struct elf_final_link_info
7892 /* General link information. */
7893 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7896 /* Symbol string table. */
7897 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7898 /* .hash section. */
7900 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7901 asection
*symver_sec
;
7902 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7904 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7905 void *external_relocs
;
7906 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7907 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7908 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7910 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7911 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7912 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7913 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7915 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7916 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7917 of any input BFD. */
7919 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7920 symbol of any input BFD. */
7921 asection
**sections
;
7922 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
7923 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7924 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
7925 size_t filesym_count
;
7928 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7930 struct elf_outext_info
7933 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7934 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
7935 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7939 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7941 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7942 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7943 relocations themselves.
7945 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7946 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7947 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7948 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7950 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7951 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7952 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7953 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7956 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7957 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7960 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7961 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7965 <binary-operator> := as in C
7966 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7969 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7970 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7976 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7977 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7979 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7981 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7983 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7984 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7986 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7987 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7988 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7989 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7992 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7996 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7997 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7999 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8000 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8001 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8002 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8003 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8004 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8005 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8006 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8010 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8012 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8014 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8017 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8018 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8019 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8023 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8025 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8029 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8032 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8033 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8036 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8037 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8039 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8041 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8043 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8044 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8046 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8047 (unsigned long) *result
);
8053 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8054 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8055 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8059 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8060 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8062 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8063 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8064 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8066 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8067 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8075 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8076 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8077 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8080 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8088 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8089 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8091 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8095 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8096 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8097 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8099 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8100 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8103 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8105 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8107 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8111 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8119 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8121 /* xgettext:c-format */
8122 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8127 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8130 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8132 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8141 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8143 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8148 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8150 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8163 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8167 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8171 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8172 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8174 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8176 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8180 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8181 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8182 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8184 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8185 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8186 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8187 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8189 if (symbol_is_section
)
8191 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8192 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8193 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8195 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8201 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8202 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8203 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8206 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8213 /* All that remains are operators. */
8215 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8216 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8218 sym += strlen (#op); \
8222 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8223 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8226 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8232 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8233 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8235 sym += strlen (#op); \
8239 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8240 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8243 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8244 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8247 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8277 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8278 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8284 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8285 unsigned long chunksz
,
8290 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8292 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8297 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8301 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8305 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8306 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8312 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8313 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8326 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8327 unsigned long chunksz
,
8334 /* Sanity checks. */
8335 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8338 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8339 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8340 && location
!= NULL
);
8342 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8344 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8346 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8347 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8348 of the loop below. */
8352 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8354 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8359 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8362 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8365 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8369 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8380 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8381 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8382 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8383 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8384 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8385 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8386 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8387 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8388 unsigned long encoded
)
8390 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8391 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8392 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8393 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8394 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8395 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8396 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8397 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8400 bfd_reloc_status_type
8401 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8402 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8404 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8407 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8408 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8409 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8411 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8412 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8413 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8414 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8415 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8417 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8418 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8419 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8421 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8424 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8426 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8428 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8429 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8432 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8433 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8434 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8435 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8436 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8437 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8438 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8443 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8444 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8445 ? complain_overflow_signed
8446 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8447 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8451 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8454 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8455 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8456 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8457 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8458 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8459 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8461 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8462 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8466 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8467 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8468 know the value is aligned. */
8471 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8478 const union aligned32
*a
8479 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8481 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8482 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8483 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8484 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8489 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8496 const union aligned32
*a
8497 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8499 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8500 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8501 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8502 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8506 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8508 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8515 const union aligned64
*a
8516 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8518 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8519 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8520 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8521 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8522 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8523 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8524 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8525 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8530 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8537 const union aligned64
*a
8538 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8540 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8541 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8542 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8543 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8544 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8545 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8546 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8547 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8552 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8553 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8554 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8558 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8560 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8565 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8567 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8568 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8569 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8571 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8572 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8574 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8576 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8577 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8579 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8581 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8582 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8587 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8590 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8597 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8601 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8602 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8604 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8607 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8610 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8611 && info
->gc_sections
8612 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8614 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8615 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B:%A: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection."),
8617 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8618 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B:%A: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled."),
8620 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8621 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8624 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8626 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8627 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8628 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8629 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8630 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8633 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8634 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8636 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8638 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8641 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8642 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8644 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8646 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8647 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8648 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8649 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
8655 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8656 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8657 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
8658 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
8659 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
8665 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
8666 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
8667 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8668 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8669 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
8670 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
8673 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
8674 speeding the main loop below. */
8675 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
8676 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8678 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8687 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
8688 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
8689 have the same r_offset. */
8690 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
8691 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
8692 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
8693 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
8696 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
8698 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
8699 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
8700 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
8702 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
8707 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
8708 from one of more input files. Files are not always
8709 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
8710 called. See pr17666. */
8711 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
8712 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
8713 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
8714 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
8715 while (p
+ runlen
< end
8716 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
8717 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
8718 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
8722 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
8726 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
8728 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
8729 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
8730 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
8734 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
8735 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
8736 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
8738 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
8741 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
8742 free (reldata
->hashes
);
8743 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
8749 struct elf_link_sort_rela
8755 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
8756 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
8757 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
8761 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8763 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8764 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8765 int relativea
, relativeb
;
8767 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8768 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
8770 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
8772 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8774 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8776 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8778 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8780 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8786 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8788 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8789 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8791 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
8793 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
8795 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8797 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8799 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8801 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8807 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8809 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8812 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8813 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8814 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8815 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8816 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8817 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8818 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8819 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8820 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8821 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8823 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8825 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8826 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8827 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8828 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8829 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8831 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8833 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8834 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8837 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8838 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8839 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8840 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8842 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8844 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8846 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8847 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8848 It is of no help to us. */
8852 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8853 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
8855 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8856 "they are in more than one size"),
8858 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8864 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8868 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8870 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8871 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
8873 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8874 "they are in more than one size"),
8876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8882 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8887 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8888 something is wrong. */
8889 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8890 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8891 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8896 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8897 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8899 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8901 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8903 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8904 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8905 It is of no help to us. */
8909 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8910 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
8912 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8913 "they are in more than one size"),
8915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8921 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8925 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8927 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8928 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
8930 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8931 "they are in more than one size"),
8933 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8939 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8944 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
8945 something is wrong. */
8946 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - "
8947 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8948 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8953 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8957 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8959 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8966 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8967 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8968 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8969 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8973 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8974 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8975 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8976 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8980 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8981 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8982 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8984 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8987 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8988 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8990 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8993 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8997 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8998 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9002 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9003 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9005 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9007 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9008 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9010 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9011 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9013 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9015 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9016 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9017 relocs in this case. */
9022 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9023 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9025 while (erel
< erelend
)
9027 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9029 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9030 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9031 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9037 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9039 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9041 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9042 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9048 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9049 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9051 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9052 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9054 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9057 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9059 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9060 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9062 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9063 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9064 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9065 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9067 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9069 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9070 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9071 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9072 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9073 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9074 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9080 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9083 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9088 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9089 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9091 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9092 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9095 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9096 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9097 while (erel
< erelend
)
9099 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9100 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9107 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9111 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9114 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9116 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9117 asection
*input_sec
,
9118 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9120 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9121 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9122 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9123 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9124 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9125 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9127 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9129 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9130 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9131 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9133 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9140 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9141 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9144 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9145 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9147 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9149 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9153 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9154 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9155 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9157 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9158 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9159 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9161 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9163 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9166 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9167 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9168 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9169 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9170 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9172 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
9173 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9178 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9182 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9184 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9187 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9189 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9193 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9196 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9198 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9200 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9201 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9205 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9207 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9208 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9209 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9210 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9217 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9219 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9220 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9221 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9224 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9225 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9226 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9227 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9228 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9229 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9230 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9231 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9234 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9235 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9236 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9237 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9238 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9240 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9248 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9249 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9254 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9257 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9259 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9260 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9262 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9265 /* xgettext:c-format */
9266 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9267 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9268 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9274 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9275 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9276 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9277 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9278 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9281 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9282 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9286 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9288 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9291 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9292 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9293 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9295 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9301 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9302 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9303 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9305 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9306 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9310 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9311 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9312 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9315 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9316 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9319 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9321 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9323 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9331 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9332 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9333 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9334 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9335 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9337 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9339 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9341 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9342 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9345 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9347 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9348 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9350 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9355 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9356 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9359 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9362 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9364 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9367 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9368 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9369 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9370 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9373 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9374 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9375 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9383 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9384 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9385 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9388 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9389 unsigned short version_index
;
9391 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9392 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9395 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9398 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9401 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9403 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9405 && h
->forced_local
))
9407 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9408 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9409 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9414 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9415 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9417 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9431 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9434 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9436 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9437 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9439 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9443 case elf_stt_common
:
9446 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9453 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9454 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9455 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9456 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9457 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9461 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9463 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9464 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9465 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9467 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9468 asection
*input_sec
;
9469 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9474 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9476 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9477 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9481 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9482 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9484 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9489 if (h
->forced_local
)
9493 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9495 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9497 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9498 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9499 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9500 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9502 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9504 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9505 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9506 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9507 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9509 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9512 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9513 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9514 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9515 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9516 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9517 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9519 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9521 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9526 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9527 shared libraries. */
9528 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9533 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9534 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9538 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9540 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9541 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9542 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9544 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9545 /* xgettext:c-format */
9546 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9547 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9548 /* xgettext:c-format */
9549 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9551 /* xgettext:c-format */
9552 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
9553 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9554 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9555 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9556 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9557 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9558 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9559 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9563 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9564 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9565 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9570 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9572 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9576 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9578 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9579 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9580 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9582 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9583 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9584 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9585 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9586 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9587 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9588 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9590 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9591 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9592 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9593 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9598 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9599 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9600 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9601 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9604 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9605 && !h
->forced_local
)
9609 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9610 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9611 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9614 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9615 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9619 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9620 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9621 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9622 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9625 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9626 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9628 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9629 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9632 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9633 input_sec
->output_section
);
9634 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9637 /* xgettext:c-format */
9638 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
9639 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
9640 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9641 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9645 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
9646 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
9648 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
9649 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9651 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9652 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
9654 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
9655 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
9656 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
9662 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
9663 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
9664 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9665 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9670 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9671 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9672 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
9673 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
9676 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9677 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
9678 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
9679 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
9680 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
9681 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
9682 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
9686 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
9687 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9689 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9690 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9692 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9693 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9694 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
9695 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
9699 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9700 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9706 if (h
->forced_local
)
9708 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
9709 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
9710 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
9712 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
9713 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
9714 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
9715 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9716 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9717 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
9719 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
9720 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
9722 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
9723 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
9724 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
9725 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
9726 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
9727 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9729 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9730 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
9732 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
9733 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
9734 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9735 || !h
->forced_local
)
9736 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
9738 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
9739 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
9741 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9746 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
9747 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
9748 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
9749 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
9750 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
9751 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
9752 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9754 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
9755 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
9758 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
9760 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
9761 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9764 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9765 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
9767 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
9768 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
9771 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
9772 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
9773 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
9774 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
9775 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
9780 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
9781 locally, it is a fatal error. */
9782 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
9783 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9784 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
9785 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9790 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
9791 /* xgettext:c-format */
9792 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9793 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9794 /* xgettext:c-format */
9795 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9797 /* xgettext:c-format */
9798 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
9799 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9800 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9801 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9805 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
9806 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
9807 the entry in the .hash section. */
9808 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
9810 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9814 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
9815 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
9816 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
9817 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
9818 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9819 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9821 || !h
->def_regular
))
9823 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
9825 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
9828 /* xgettext:c-format */
9829 (_("%B: No symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
9830 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
9831 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9836 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
9837 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
9838 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
9839 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
9841 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9844 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
9846 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
9848 size_t hash_entry_size
;
9849 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
9854 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
9855 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
9858 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
9859 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9860 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
9861 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
9862 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
9864 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
9865 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
9866 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
9869 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
9871 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
9872 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
9874 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9876 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
9877 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
9878 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
9879 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
9881 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
9885 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
9886 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
9888 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
9889 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
9893 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
9895 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
9896 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
9898 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
9899 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
9900 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
9904 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
9905 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
9906 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
9907 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
9909 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
9911 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
9915 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9918 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
9919 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
9920 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
9921 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
9922 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
9923 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
9924 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
9925 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
9926 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
9927 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
9929 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
9931 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
9932 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
9933 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
9934 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
9935 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
9938 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
9941 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9942 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
9946 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9951 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
9957 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
9958 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
9961 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9963 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9965 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9967 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9968 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9969 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
9975 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9976 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9977 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9983 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9984 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9985 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9986 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9987 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9988 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9989 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9990 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9993 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9995 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9998 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10001 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10004 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10007 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10010 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10011 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10013 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10014 asection
*s
= first
;
10018 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10021 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10029 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10030 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10034 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10038 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10041 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10042 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10044 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10045 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10047 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10052 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10053 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10054 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10055 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10058 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10060 int (*relocate_section
)
10061 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10062 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10064 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10065 size_t locsymcount
;
10067 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10068 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10069 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10071 asection
**ppsection
;
10073 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10075 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10076 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10078 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10080 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10081 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10082 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10084 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10085 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10087 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10090 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10091 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10093 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10098 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10099 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10102 /* Read the local symbols. */
10103 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10104 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10106 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10107 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10108 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10109 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10110 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10114 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10115 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10116 going into the output file. */
10117 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10118 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10120 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10124 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10130 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10132 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10139 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10140 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10141 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10142 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10143 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10144 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10147 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10150 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10151 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10155 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10156 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10158 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10159 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10165 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10166 output any undefined local symbol. */
10167 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10170 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10172 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10173 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10178 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10180 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10183 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10184 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10185 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10186 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10188 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10191 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10192 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10193 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10194 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10195 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10196 isec
->output_section
))
10199 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10200 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10205 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10206 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10207 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10209 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10210 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10211 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10212 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10213 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10216 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10218 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10219 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10220 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10222 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10223 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10225 if (!have_file_sym
)
10227 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10228 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10229 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10230 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10231 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10232 source file, but the best we can do. */
10233 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10234 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10235 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10236 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10237 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10238 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10239 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10240 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10241 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10248 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10249 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10250 isec
->output_section
);
10251 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10254 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10255 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10256 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10257 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10258 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10259 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10260 these requirements. */
10261 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10262 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10264 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10265 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10267 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10268 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10269 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10273 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10274 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10281 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10283 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10289 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10294 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10295 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10296 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10298 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10300 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10302 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10306 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10307 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10309 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10310 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10311 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10312 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10314 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10315 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10316 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10317 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10319 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10320 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10321 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10322 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10323 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10325 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10327 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10329 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10330 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10331 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10335 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10337 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10338 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10339 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10344 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10345 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10350 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10352 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10355 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10357 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10358 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10363 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10367 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10368 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10372 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10373 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10376 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10378 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10383 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10384 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10385 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10386 the routines which work on output files. */
10387 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10389 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10390 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10392 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10394 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10395 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10400 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10401 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10405 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10407 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10408 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10409 int action_discarded
;
10412 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10414 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10415 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10416 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10417 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10420 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10421 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10422 if (o
->size
> address_size
10423 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10424 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10425 ".init_array") == 0)
10426 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10427 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10428 ".fini_array") == 0))
10429 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10431 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10432 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10435 /* xgettext:c-format */
10436 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
10437 "multiple of address size"),
10439 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
10442 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10445 action_discarded
= -1;
10446 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10447 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10449 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10450 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10451 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10452 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10453 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10455 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10456 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10457 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10459 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10460 unsigned int s_type
;
10461 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10462 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10463 const char *sym_name
;
10465 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10468 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10469 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10470 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10472 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10474 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10475 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10476 we do not seg fault. */
10480 /* xgettext:c-format */
10481 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (%#Lx) for section %A "
10482 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10483 input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
, o
);
10484 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10488 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10489 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10490 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10494 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10495 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10496 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10497 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10498 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10499 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10500 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10501 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10502 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10503 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10504 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10505 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10506 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10507 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10509 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10510 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10514 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10515 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10516 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10518 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10522 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10524 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10525 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10526 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10530 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10531 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10534 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10535 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10537 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10538 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10539 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10540 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10541 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10542 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10543 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10544 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10545 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10547 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10548 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10551 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10552 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10557 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10559 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10560 discarded section. */
10561 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10563 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10564 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10565 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10566 /* xgettext:c-format */
10567 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
10568 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
10569 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10571 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10572 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10573 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10574 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10575 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10576 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10577 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10581 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10593 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10595 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10596 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10597 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10598 reloc addend as necessary.
10600 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10601 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10603 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10604 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10605 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10607 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10608 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10609 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10610 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10611 the addend to be adjusted. */
10613 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10614 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
10622 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10623 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
10625 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
10626 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
10627 bfd_vma last_offset
;
10628 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
10629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
10630 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
10631 unsigned int next_erel
;
10632 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
10633 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
10635 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
10636 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
10637 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
10639 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
10641 irela
= internal_relocs
;
10642 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10643 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
10644 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
10645 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
10647 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10648 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
10649 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10650 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10651 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
10652 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
10653 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10654 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10655 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
10657 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10659 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10661 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
10667 if (irela
== irelamid
)
10669 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
10670 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
10671 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
10674 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
10677 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
10679 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
10680 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
10681 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
10682 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
10684 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
10686 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
10690 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
10692 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
10693 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10694 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
10696 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
10698 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10699 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10702 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10703 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10704 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10706 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
10707 unsigned long indx
;
10709 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
10710 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
10711 we do not know the symbol index of any global
10712 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
10713 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
10714 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
10715 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
10716 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
10717 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
10718 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10719 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10720 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10722 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
10723 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
10724 used by a reloc. */
10725 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
10732 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
10735 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
10736 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10737 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10739 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
10740 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
10741 processor specific section. */
10742 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
10743 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
10745 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
10747 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10752 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10754 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
10755 section will be the absolute section. In
10756 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
10757 the kept section. relocate_section should
10758 have already handled discarded linkonce
10760 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
10761 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
10762 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10764 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
10765 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10768 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
10770 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10771 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10773 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
10774 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
10776 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
10777 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
10782 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
10783 section winds up in the output section. */
10785 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10789 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
10791 unsigned long shlink
;
10796 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10798 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
10799 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
10803 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
10804 since it is needed by a reloc, we
10805 must output it now. */
10806 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
10807 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
10808 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
10812 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
10814 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10816 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10819 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
10820 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10822 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
10823 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10825 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
10827 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10828 ->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
10829 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
10834 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10835 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
10841 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
10846 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
10849 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
10850 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
10853 /* Swap out the relocs. */
10854 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
10855 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10857 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10862 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
10863 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
10864 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
10867 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
10868 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
10870 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
10879 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
10880 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
10881 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
10884 /* Section written out. */
10886 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
10888 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10889 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
10891 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
10892 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
10895 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
10896 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
10897 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
10900 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10902 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10907 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10909 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
10917 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
10919 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
10920 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
10922 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
10924 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
10926 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
10929 todo
-= address_size
;
10930 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10938 offset
+= address_size
;
10942 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
10956 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
10957 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
10958 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
10962 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10963 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10964 asection
*output_section
,
10965 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
10967 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10971 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
10972 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
10973 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
10974 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10975 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
10978 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
10980 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
10983 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10987 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
10990 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
10991 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
10992 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
10999 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11000 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11001 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11003 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11004 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11005 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11011 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11012 actually against the section. */
11013 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11014 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11015 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11016 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11018 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11019 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11023 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11024 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11025 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11026 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11027 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11028 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11029 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11031 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11033 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11034 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11041 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11042 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11047 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11049 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11051 bfd_size_type size
;
11052 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11055 const char *sym_name
;
11057 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11058 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11059 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11061 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11068 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11071 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11072 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11073 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
11074 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11076 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11077 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11078 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11083 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11085 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11092 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11093 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11095 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11096 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11097 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11099 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11101 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11102 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11103 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11105 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11106 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11108 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11110 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11111 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11112 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11114 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11115 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11119 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11120 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11121 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11130 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
11133 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
11135 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
11139 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11140 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
11141 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
11142 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
11144 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
11145 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
11146 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
11147 where elfsec is 0. */
11150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
11151 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
11152 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
11153 bed
->link_order_error_handler
11154 /* xgettext:c-format */
11155 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
11160 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
11161 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11166 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11167 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11170 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
11175 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
11176 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
11179 return apos
> bpos
;
11183 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11184 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11185 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11186 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11189 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11191 int seen_linkorder
;
11194 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11196 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11198 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11199 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11203 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11205 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11206 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11208 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11210 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11212 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11213 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
11214 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
11215 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
11216 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
11217 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
11231 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11233 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11235 /* xgettext:c-format */
11236 (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] "
11237 "and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
11238 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11239 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11242 (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11243 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11248 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11251 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
11252 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
11253 if (sections
== NULL
)
11255 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11257 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11259 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11261 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11262 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
11263 compare_link_order
);
11265 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11267 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11269 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11270 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11271 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11272 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11273 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11280 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11281 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11284 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11286 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11288 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11290 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11292 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11296 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11298 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11299 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11301 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11304 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11305 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11306 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11307 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11308 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11311 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11312 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11313 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11314 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11315 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11316 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11319 /* Get symbol table size. */
11320 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11324 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11325 sympp
= (asymbol
**) xmalloc (symsize
);
11326 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11330 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11331 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11332 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11335 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11336 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11337 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11340 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11343 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11344 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: no symbol found for import library"),
11350 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11351 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11352 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11353 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11355 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11356 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11357 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11358 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11359 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11360 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11361 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11362 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11365 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11367 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11368 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11369 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11370 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11373 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11384 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11388 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11389 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11390 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11391 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11392 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11393 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11394 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11395 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11396 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11397 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11398 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11399 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11400 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11401 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11402 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11403 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11404 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11405 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11406 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11407 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11408 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11410 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11411 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11412 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11413 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11414 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11418 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11421 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11423 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11424 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11426 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11428 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11430 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11431 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11432 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11433 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11434 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11435 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11437 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11438 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11439 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11440 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11441 bfd_boolean merged
;
11442 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11443 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11445 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11446 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11447 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11448 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11450 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11453 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11454 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11456 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11457 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11459 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11460 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11462 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11463 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11464 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11465 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11470 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11471 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11475 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11476 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11477 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11478 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11481 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11482 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11483 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11484 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11485 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11486 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11487 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11488 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11489 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11490 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11492 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11493 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11495 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11496 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11498 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11499 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11501 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11503 asection
*input_section
;
11505 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11507 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11508 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11509 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11510 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11513 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11516 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
11518 /* Skip this section later on. */
11519 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11522 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11526 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11527 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11528 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11529 max_contents_size
= 0;
11530 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11531 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11533 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11535 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11537 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11538 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11540 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11542 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11543 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11544 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11546 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11547 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11549 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11553 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11555 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11556 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11557 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11558 the linker has decided to not include. */
11559 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11561 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11564 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11565 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11566 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11567 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11569 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11570 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11574 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11576 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11577 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11578 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11580 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11582 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11583 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11585 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11586 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11587 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11589 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11590 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11591 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11592 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11593 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11595 else if (emit_relocs
)
11597 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11598 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11601 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11602 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11605 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11606 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11608 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11610 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11612 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11614 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11615 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11616 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11617 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11619 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
11620 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
11621 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
11622 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11627 if (reloc_count
== 0)
11630 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11631 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
11633 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
11637 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
11638 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11640 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
11642 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
11643 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
11649 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11651 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
11655 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
11656 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
11659 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
11660 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
11661 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
11662 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
11665 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
11666 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
11667 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
11668 sections are handled correctly. */
11669 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
11670 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
11674 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
11675 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
11677 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
11678 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
11679 to create a symbol table. */
11680 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
11681 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
11682 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
11685 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
11686 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11688 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11689 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11692 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
11696 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
11700 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
11701 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
11702 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
11703 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
11705 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
11707 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
11708 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
11709 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
11710 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
11711 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
11714 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
11715 if (contents
== NULL
)
11717 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
11721 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
11722 .symtab, .strtab, and non-loaded reloc sections. We start the
11723 .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly
11724 to it. We build the .strtab section in memory. */
11725 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
11726 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11727 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
11728 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
11729 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
11730 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11731 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
11732 /* sh_info is set below. */
11733 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
11734 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11736 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
11737 max_sym_count
= 20;
11738 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
11739 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
11740 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11741 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
11743 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
11745 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
11746 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
11748 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
11750 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
11752 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
11754 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
11755 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
11756 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
11758 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
11760 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11761 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11762 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
11763 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11764 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11765 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11766 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
11767 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
11770 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
11771 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
11772 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
11773 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
11774 outputting relocs. */
11776 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
11777 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11778 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
11779 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
11780 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
11781 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11783 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
11786 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
11787 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
11788 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11789 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
11790 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
11797 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
11799 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
11801 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
11802 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
11806 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
11808 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
11809 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
11813 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
11815 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
11816 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11817 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11821 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
11823 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11824 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11825 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
11828 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
11829 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11830 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
11833 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
11834 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11835 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
11838 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
11839 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11840 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
11844 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
11846 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
11847 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
11848 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
11854 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
11857 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
11858 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
11861 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
11864 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
11866 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
11869 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
11871 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
11873 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11874 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
11875 alignment requirements. */
11876 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
11877 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
11878 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
11881 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
11882 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11884 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
11888 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
11891 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
11892 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
11893 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
11894 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
11895 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
11897 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
11898 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
11899 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
11900 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
11901 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
11902 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
11903 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
11904 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
11905 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
11906 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
11907 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
11908 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
11909 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
11911 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11912 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
11913 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11915 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11917 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11918 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
11919 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11920 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11922 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
11924 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
11926 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
11929 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11930 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11932 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11937 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
11939 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
11940 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
11941 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11942 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
11943 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
11945 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
11947 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
11949 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11950 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11951 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11955 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
11957 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
11958 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
11959 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
11963 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
11965 /* xgettext:c-format */
11966 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
11967 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
11976 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
11977 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
11979 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
11980 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11981 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
11983 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
11984 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
11988 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
11989 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
11990 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
11991 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
11992 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
11993 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
11994 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
11995 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
11996 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
11997 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
11998 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12002 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12003 table, do it now. */
12004 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12005 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12007 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12008 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12011 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12012 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12013 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12017 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12018 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12019 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12020 converted to local in a version script. */
12022 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12023 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12026 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12027 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12029 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12030 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12032 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12033 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12035 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12036 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12037 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12043 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12045 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12047 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12053 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12056 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12057 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12058 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12059 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12061 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12062 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12063 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12067 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12068 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12070 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12071 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12076 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12077 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12078 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12080 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12082 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12087 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12088 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12090 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12092 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12095 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12096 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12101 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12102 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12103 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12104 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12105 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12109 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12110 table, do it now. */
12111 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12112 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12114 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12115 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12116 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12118 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12119 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12120 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12124 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12125 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12127 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12128 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12131 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12132 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12134 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12136 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12137 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12139 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12141 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12143 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12145 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12146 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12147 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12148 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12149 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12151 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12154 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12155 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12160 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12161 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12162 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12163 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12164 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12165 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12166 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12167 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12168 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12169 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12170 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12172 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12174 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12176 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12177 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12181 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12183 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: failed to generate import library"),
12184 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12188 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12189 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12191 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12194 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12197 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12198 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12199 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12201 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12202 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12205 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12206 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12207 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12210 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12211 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12213 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12214 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12217 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12219 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12220 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12221 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12223 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12224 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12225 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12227 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12230 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12233 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12240 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12242 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12244 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12245 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12248 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12255 name
= info
->init_function
;
12258 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12261 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12263 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12265 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12266 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12268 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12269 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12270 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12271 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12272 + o
->output_offset
);
12275 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12276 library and does not apply to this one. */
12277 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12284 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12285 name
= ".preinit_array";
12287 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12288 name
= ".init_array";
12290 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12291 name
= ".fini_array";
12293 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12297 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12302 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12303 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12306 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12307 name
= ".preinit_array";
12309 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12310 name
= ".init_array";
12312 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12313 name
= ".fini_array";
12315 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12322 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12331 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12334 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12337 name
= ".gnu.version";
12339 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12344 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12347 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12350 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12351 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12354 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12361 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12367 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12369 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12371 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12372 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12373 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12375 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12377 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12378 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12382 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12384 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12385 overall reloc count. */
12386 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12388 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12389 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12390 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12391 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12392 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12393 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12394 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12395 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12396 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12397 No PLT relocs applied. */
12400 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12401 it from DT_RELA. */
12402 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12403 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12404 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12407 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12408 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12410 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12413 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12417 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12418 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12420 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12423 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12424 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12425 || info
->error_textrel
)
12426 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12428 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12430 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12431 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12432 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12434 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12436 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12438 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12440 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12441 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12442 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
12444 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12445 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
12451 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12453 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12455 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12457 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12459 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12460 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12463 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12465 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12467 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12469 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12471 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12472 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12478 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12482 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12483 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12484 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12490 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12492 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12494 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12495 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12500 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12501 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12503 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12507 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12510 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12512 elf_linker (abfd
) = TRUE
;
12516 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12517 if (contents
== NULL
)
12518 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12519 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12520 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12527 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12531 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12534 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12535 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12537 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12538 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12540 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12541 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12543 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12544 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12545 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12546 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12548 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12549 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12553 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12554 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12557 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12558 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12560 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12562 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12563 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12565 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12566 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12568 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12570 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12573 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12574 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12579 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12582 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12584 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12586 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12587 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12588 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12589 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12592 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12593 of input bfd ABFD. */
12596 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12597 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12600 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12602 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12603 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12607 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12608 info
->keep_memory
);
12609 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
12611 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12612 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12614 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12618 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
12622 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12625 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
12626 free (cookie
->rels
);
12629 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
12632 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12633 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12636 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
12638 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
12643 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12648 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
12652 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12655 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
12656 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
12659 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
12661 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
12664 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12665 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12666 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12667 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12668 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12672 switch (h
->root
.type
)
12674 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12675 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12676 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12678 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12679 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
12686 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
12691 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
12694 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12695 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12696 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12697 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12698 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12701 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12702 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12703 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12704 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12709 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12710 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
12711 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
12714 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
12715 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12716 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12717 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
12719 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12720 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12722 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12723 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12726 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
12727 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12729 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
12732 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %B\n"),
12736 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12737 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12738 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12740 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
12741 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
12742 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
12743 handling copy relocs. */
12744 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
12745 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
12747 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
12749 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
12750 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
12754 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
12755 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
12760 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
12763 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
12764 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
12767 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
12768 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
12769 the relocation symbol. */
12772 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12774 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
12775 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
12778 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
12780 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
12781 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
12783 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
12785 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
12786 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12788 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12793 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
12798 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
12799 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
12800 which define symbols to which it refers. */
12803 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12805 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12808 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
12812 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
12813 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
12814 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
12815 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
12818 /* Look through the section relocs. */
12820 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
12821 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
12822 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
12823 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
12825 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12827 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12831 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
12832 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12837 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12841 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
12843 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12845 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
12849 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
12850 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
12852 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
12856 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
12857 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
12858 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
12864 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
12867 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
12869 /* Point to first section of section group. */
12871 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
12874 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
12875 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
12877 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
12878 and special section. */
12879 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
12882 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12883 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
12885 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
12886 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
12888 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12890 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12892 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
12893 keep all sections in this group. */
12894 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
12899 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
12901 while (msec
!= ssec
);
12905 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
12908 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12909 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12913 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12916 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
12917 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
12918 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
12920 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12922 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
12923 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
12926 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
12927 see if any other section is already marked,
12928 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
12929 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
12930 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12932 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12934 else if (isec
->gc_mark
12935 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
12936 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
12939 if (!debug_frag_seen
12940 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
12941 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
12942 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
12945 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
12946 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
12950 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
12951 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
12952 just debug sections or special sections. */
12953 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12955 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12956 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
12957 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
12958 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
12959 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
12961 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
12962 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
12965 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
12966 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
12967 are associated with that code section. */
12968 if (debug_frag_seen
)
12969 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
12970 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12971 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
12976 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
12978 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
12979 section containing the name of the code section as
12980 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
12981 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
12982 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
12986 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
12987 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
12990 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
12993 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
12994 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
12999 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13000 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13001 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13003 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13004 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13005 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13011 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
13013 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
13014 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
13017 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13020 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13021 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
13023 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13027 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13028 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13031 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13034 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13036 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13037 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13038 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13040 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13042 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13043 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13049 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13050 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13053 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13054 to remove a section from the output. */
13055 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13057 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13058 /* xgettext:c-format */
13059 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%A' in file '%B'"),
13062 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
13063 info we collected before. */
13065 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13066 && o
->reloc_count
!= 0
13067 && !((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
13068 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13069 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
13071 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13075 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
13076 info
->keep_memory
);
13077 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13080 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
13082 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13083 free (internal_relocs
);
13094 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13095 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13098 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13100 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13102 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13103 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13106 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13107 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13110 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13111 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13114 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13115 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13117 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13119 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13121 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13122 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13127 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13129 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13130 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13132 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13135 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13136 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13138 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13139 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13140 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13155 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13158 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13159 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13160 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13161 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13163 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13164 well as those that are not loaded. */
13166 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13167 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13170 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13171 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13173 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13174 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13175 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13177 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13179 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13180 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13181 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13183 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13185 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13186 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13188 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13189 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13190 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13192 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13193 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13196 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13197 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13203 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13204 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13208 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13210 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13211 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13213 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13214 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13216 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13217 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13218 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13219 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13220 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13221 || info
->export_dynamic
13224 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13225 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13226 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13227 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13228 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13233 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13234 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13237 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13239 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13241 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13243 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13245 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13246 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13249 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13250 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13251 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13252 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13253 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13258 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13259 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13261 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13263 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13266 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13268 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13270 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13271 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13274 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13277 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13279 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (ibfd
, sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13280 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13282 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13283 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13290 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13293 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13295 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13297 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13298 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13299 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13301 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13302 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13304 _bfd_error_handler(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13308 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13309 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13311 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13312 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13313 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13314 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13315 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13318 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13320 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13321 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13323 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13324 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13326 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13327 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13328 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13329 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13330 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13331 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13335 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13336 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13340 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13341 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13345 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13346 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13347 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13349 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13350 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13351 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13355 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13356 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13360 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13363 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13364 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13366 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13368 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13369 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13370 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13371 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13373 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13378 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13379 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13381 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13382 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13385 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13388 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13390 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13393 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13394 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13395 size_t extsymcount
;
13396 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13398 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13399 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13401 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13402 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13403 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13405 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13406 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13408 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13409 offset as the relocation. */
13410 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13412 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13413 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13414 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13415 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13416 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13420 /* xgettext:c-format */
13421 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: %A+%#Lx: No symbol found for INHERIT"),
13422 abfd
, sec
, offset
);
13423 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13427 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13429 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13430 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13431 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13436 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13437 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13438 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13439 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13441 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13444 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13449 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13452 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13453 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13454 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13457 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13458 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13462 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13463 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13468 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13470 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13471 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13473 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13475 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13476 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13477 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13481 if (addend
>= size
)
13483 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13484 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13485 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13488 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13490 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13491 consolidation pass. */
13492 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13496 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13502 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13503 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13504 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13508 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13513 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13514 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13515 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13518 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13523 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13527 flagword flag_value
;
13528 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13530 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13532 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13533 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13534 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13535 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13536 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13537 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13538 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13539 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13540 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13541 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13542 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13543 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13546 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13548 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13549 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13552 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13554 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13556 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13557 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13558 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13560 int without_hex
= 0;
13562 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13565 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13567 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13568 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13570 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13574 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13575 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13576 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13577 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13582 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13584 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13586 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13587 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13588 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13589 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13596 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13597 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13601 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13602 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13603 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13606 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13609 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
13615 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
13617 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13620 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
13621 to real got offsets. */
13624 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
13626 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
13627 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
13628 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13630 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
13632 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
13633 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
13636 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
13641 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
13642 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
13645 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
13646 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13649 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13651 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
13653 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
13655 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13658 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
13659 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
13660 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
13663 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
13665 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
13666 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
13668 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
13669 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
13670 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13672 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13675 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
13679 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
13680 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
13681 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13683 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13685 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
13687 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
13689 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
13690 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
13693 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
13697 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
13698 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
13699 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
13700 gofarg
.info
= info
;
13701 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13702 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
13707 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
13708 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
13711 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13713 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
13716 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13717 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
13721 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
13723 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
13725 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13726 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
13728 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
13730 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13732 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
13733 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
13735 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
13738 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13739 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13742 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
13743 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13745 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13747 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
13749 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13750 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13751 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13753 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13754 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13755 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
13756 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
13757 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
13762 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
13763 but it could be a relocation against a local
13764 symbol for a discarded section. */
13766 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13768 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
13769 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
13770 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13772 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
13773 || discarded_section (isec
)))
13781 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
13782 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
13783 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
13784 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
13787 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13789 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13794 if (info
->traditional_format
13795 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13798 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
13803 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13806 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
13807 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
13811 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13814 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13817 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
13818 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
13819 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13823 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13828 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13829 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
13833 int eh_changed
= 0;
13835 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13841 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13844 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
13847 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
13848 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
13849 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
13853 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
13857 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
13860 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
13861 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
13864 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
13866 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13869 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13871 s
= abfd
->sections
;
13872 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13875 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13877 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
13879 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
13882 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
13885 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
13889 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
13890 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
13892 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
13893 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13894 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
13901 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
13903 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13906 const char *name
, *key
;
13907 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
13908 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
13910 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
13913 flags
= sec
->flags
;
13915 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
13916 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
13917 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
13920 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
13921 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
13922 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
13925 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
13927 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13928 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
13929 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
13930 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
13933 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
13934 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
13935 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
13938 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
13939 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
13940 single member groups. */
13944 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
13946 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13948 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
13949 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
13950 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
13951 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
13952 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
13953 type of section. */
13954 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13955 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
13956 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
13957 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
13959 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
13960 issue a warning. */
13961 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
13964 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13966 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13967 asection
*s
= first
;
13971 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13972 /* Record which group discards it. */
13973 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13974 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
13975 /* These lists are circular. */
13985 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
13986 linkonce section and vice versa. */
13987 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13989 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
13991 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
13992 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
13993 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13994 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
13995 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
13997 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13998 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
13999 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14004 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14005 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14006 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14008 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14011 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14012 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14014 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14015 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14020 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14021 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14022 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14023 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14024 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14025 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14026 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14027 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14028 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14029 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14030 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14032 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14033 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14034 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14035 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14037 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14038 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14042 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14043 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14044 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14045 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14049 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14051 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14055 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14061 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14063 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14067 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14068 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14069 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14070 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14071 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14073 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14074 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14077 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14079 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14081 static const char *
14082 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14084 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14087 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
14088 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14090 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14093 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14094 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14099 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14100 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14101 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14105 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14107 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14109 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14111 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14113 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14117 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14119 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14120 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14127 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14128 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14129 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14132 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14133 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14134 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14135 string table associated with ABFD. */
14138 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14140 unsigned int alignment
,
14142 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14144 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14146 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14148 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14153 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14155 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14157 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14158 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14159 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14160 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14162 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14163 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14165 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14166 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14167 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14168 seen to be a .rela section. */
14169 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14170 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14175 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14181 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14182 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14183 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14184 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14186 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14187 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14188 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14190 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14192 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14194 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14195 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14197 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14198 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14201 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14204 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14206 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14207 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14208 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14209 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14212 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14215 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14217 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14218 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14219 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14220 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14223 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14225 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14226 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14227 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14229 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14231 h
= bfd_generic_define_start_stop (info
, symbol
, sec
);
14234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
14235 eh
->start_stop
= 1;
14236 eh
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14237 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
14238 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
14239 eh
->other
= ((eh
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))